WO2013064107A1 - Power control method, system and device for sounding reference signal - Google Patents

Power control method, system and device for sounding reference signal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013064107A1
WO2013064107A1 PCT/CN2012/084032 CN2012084032W WO2013064107A1 WO 2013064107 A1 WO2013064107 A1 WO 2013064107A1 CN 2012084032 W CN2012084032 W CN 2012084032W WO 2013064107 A1 WO2013064107 A1 WO 2013064107A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sounding reference
reference signal
power
receiving side
srs
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2012/084032
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
弓宇宏
孙云锋
李书鹏
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2013064107A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013064107A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/32TPC of broadcast or control channels
    • H04W52/325Power control of control or pilot channels
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/06TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
    • H04W52/146Uplink power control

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a power control method, system, and apparatus for detecting a reference signal. Background technique
  • the uplink and downlink of the Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) system are both frequency division systems based on OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) and multiple access multiplexing methods.
  • the CDMA-A system has no processing gain, and the LTE-A system has no processing gain.
  • the internal frequency division is orthogonal, so there is almost no interference problem.
  • the Coordinated Multiple Point (CoMP) technology utilizes the transmit antennas of multiple cells to perform coordinated transmission to achieve higher quality and reliable transmission of the radio link at the cell edge, which can effectively solve the interference problem at the cell edge.
  • CoMP Coordinated Multiple Point
  • scenario 1 is a homogeneous network
  • an evolved base station eNB
  • scenario 2 is a homogeneous network
  • one eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber, each cell has a different cell ID, and each cell base station has the same transmit power
  • scenario 3 is a heterogeneous network.
  • An eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber, and each cell has a different cell ID.
  • the macro cell and the remote radio head (RRH) have different transmit powers. Generally, the transmit power of the macro cell is much larger than the RRH.
  • One eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber. Each cell has the same cell ID.
  • the macro cell and the RRH have different transmit powers. Generally, the macro cell transmit power is much larger than the RRH. Its
  • the RAN is a random access network.
  • the CoMP technology is divided into downlink CoMP and uplink CoMP.
  • the downlink CoMP refers to multiple nodes jointly sending data/reference signals to users.
  • the uplink CoMP refers to multiple nodes receiving data/reference signals sent by users.
  • CoMP technology is divided into three feedback modes: explicit feedback, implicit feedback, and sounding reference signal (SRS) feedback.
  • the explicit feedback is that the receiving end directly feeds back the observed channel to the transmitting end;
  • the implicit feedback is that the receiving end processes the observed channel and then feeds back to the transmitting end, for example, the channel state of the observed channel.
  • Information CQI, Channel Quality Information
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indication
  • RI Rank Information
  • SRS feedback is in Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • SRS feedback functions there are two types of SRS feedback functions in LTE/LTE-A: one is to use SRS feedback to obtain uplink channel information, perform uplink scheduling, resource allocation, and data transmission; one is to use SRS feedback to obtain downlink channel. Information (in the TDD system), performing downlink scheduling, resource allocation, and data transmission.
  • the uplink power control can be regarded as composed of two parts: open loop power control and closed loop power control.
  • the path loss calculation in the open loop power control assumes that the downlink path loss is equal to the uplink path loss, according to the downlink reference signal.
  • the downlink path loss is estimated to obtain the uplink path loss value.
  • the main purpose of the embodiments of the present invention is to provide a power control method, system, and apparatus for detecting a reference signal, which can implement the transmission power control of the sounding reference signal more accurately and flexibly.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a power control method for detecting a reference signal, including: configuring, by the network side, a power control parameter of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or a power compensation value of multiple sounding reference signals;
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal by high-level signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit triggering of the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side is triggered on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k.
  • the power control parameter of the Li set sounding reference signal determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
  • the X bit is used to indicate the index value of the power control parameter of the Lith detection signal, JL X >1; L > 1, and the L is the power of the sounding reference signal configured by the network side through the high layer signaling for the receiving side.
  • the number of control parameters, L bits indicate the power control parameters of the Li-th detection reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, l ⁇ Li ⁇ L.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the L power control parameters;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side;
  • the form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l ⁇ Li ⁇ L.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side;
  • the form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l ⁇ Li ⁇ L.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the periodic or aperiodic mode, and determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal is:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe according to the first to the L power control parameters;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side;
  • the form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li ⁇ L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side;
  • the form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li ⁇ L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit triggering of the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side is triggered on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k, and is fixed according to the And determining, by the power compensation value of the reference signal, the transmit power of the determined sounding reference signal, determining the transmit power of the final sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe, until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
  • the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal;
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, 1 ⁇ Li
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the L power compensation values;
  • the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically;
  • the form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 ⁇ Li ⁇ L 0
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner.
  • the transmit power of the signal is:
  • the X bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side fixes the first power compensation value on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k. Determining a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically;
  • the form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ L;
  • the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two power compensation values;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the work power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit;
  • the form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li L 0
  • the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
  • the X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k.
  • the Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes according to at least two power compensation values;
  • the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit;
  • the form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the method further includes:
  • the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner.
  • the receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
  • the receiving side determines, according to a pre-agreed manner, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
  • the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the Lith power control parameter in the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets, l ⁇ Li ⁇ L.
  • the receiving side determines, according to a pre-agreed manner, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
  • the receiving side determines, according to the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal by using a Li power compensation value; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L Subsets, l ⁇ Li ⁇ L.
  • the invention also provides a power control method for detecting a reference signal, comprising:
  • the receiving side is configured with a plurality of power control parameters of the sounding reference signal or power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
  • the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner.
  • the receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
  • the method further includes: the receiving side transmitting the sounding reference signal to the serving node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmitting power.
  • the present invention also provides a power control system for detecting a reference signal, including: a network side, a receiving side;
  • the network side is configured to configure, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals; and is further configured to notify the receiving side according to periodic or aperiodic by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling And determining, according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side is configured to learn, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter or a plurality of sounding reference signals according to a configured sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner.
  • the power compensation value determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal; or the receiving side determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
  • the present invention also provides a power control apparatus for detecting a reference signal, including: a configuration module, a notification module, wherein
  • Configuration module configured to configure power control parameters or multiple probes of multiple sets of sounding reference signals The power compensation value of the reference signal
  • the notification module is configured to notify the receiving side by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner.
  • the present invention also provides a power control apparatus for detecting a reference signal, including: a storage module, a transmit power determining module, wherein
  • a storage module configured to save power control parameters of multiple configured sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals
  • the transmit power determining module is configured to determine, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner Detecting the transmit power of the reference signal; or determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a transmitting module configured to send a sounding reference signal to the serving node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmit power.
  • the network side is configured to configure a power control parameter of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or a power compensation value of multiple sounding reference signals on the receiving side;
  • the physical layer signaling notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner;
  • physical layer signaling determining, according to a periodic or aperiodic manner, determining a transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
  • the network side configures multiple power control parameters or multiple sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side.
  • the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal is detected; the receiving side determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
  • the embodiment of the present invention enhances the transmission power control mechanism of the existing sounding reference signal in R8/9/10 to achieve more accurate and flexible transmission power control of the sounding reference signal, and improve communication quality and efficiency of the network.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a power control method for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power control system for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the multiple sets of sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals for the receiving side; the network side notifies the receiving side according to the periodic or aperiodic manner by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, and according to the The power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal; the receiving side knows according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic mode, and according to the configuration The power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals determines a transmit power of the sounding reference signal;
  • the network side configures, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals; the receiving side according to a predetermined manner, according to the power control parameters or sounding reference signals of the configured sounding reference signals
  • the power compensation value determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a power control method for detecting a reference signal
  • FIG. 1 is the present invention.
  • An embodiment provides a schematic flowchart of a power control method for detecting a reference signal. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 101 The network side configures, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
  • Step 102 The receiving side is configured with multiple sets of power control parameters of the sounding reference signal or power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling; Determining, according to the received high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner;
  • the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
  • the receiving side After determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, the receiving side transmits the sounding reference signal to the service node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmitting power.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal by high-level signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the power, or the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner, and has the following specific implementation manners:
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the X ( X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) Later SRS In the subframe, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameter of the Li (1 ⁇ Li ⁇ L) set of sounding reference signals until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side. Wherein the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power control parameter of the Lith set sounding reference signal.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the L ( L > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) on the subsequent SRS subframes, the transmit power of the sounding reference signals on the SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (1 ⁇ DL) set power control parameter, until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the Lith cover sounding reference signal in the form of a bit map, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
  • bitma is just mapped with a bit equal to L, where one bit represents a set of power control parameters.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
  • the first set of power control parameters is used; in the second subset of the SRS subframe set, the second set of power control parameters is used;
  • the L-th power control parameter is used in the L-th subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets;
  • the first set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the probe reference signal on the SRS even subframe
  • the second set of power control parameters is used on the SRS odd subframe to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn according to the first to the L sets of power control parameters.
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically in the form of a bit map.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4)
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the power control parameters of the Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L Lj ⁇ Li) sets in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control
  • the parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another
  • the Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the L bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate the SRS of the receiving side after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4).
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on the subframe in one of the following ways:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side configures the power of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling.
  • Control parameters ie ⁇ 1st set of power control parameters, 2nd set of power control parameters, ..., Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (KLi ⁇ L) sets and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ L sets of power control parameters);
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another
  • the Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter ⁇ ;
  • the network side is in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe.
  • the L bit indicates that the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following manners on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameters of the Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L Lj ⁇ Li) sets in turn; according to the first to the L sets of powers in sequence
  • the control parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L> 1 ) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the X ( X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4)
  • the power compensation values of the sounding reference signals of Li (l ⁇ Li ⁇ L) are fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signals determined by the R10 method is compensated to determine these SRS subframes.
  • the transmit power of the final sounding reference signal until the receiving side receives the next network side transmission The trigger information; wherein, the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side triggers the SRS on the receiving side after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4).
  • the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal of Li (1 ⁇ Li ⁇ L) is fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signal determined by the R10 mode is compensated to determine the final sounding reference on the SRS subframes.
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal in the form of a bitmap, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit 1, the value on all other bits is 0.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
  • the first power compensation value is used
  • the second power compensation value is used; in the Lth subset of the SRS subframe set, the Lth power compensation value is used;
  • the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets
  • the first power compensation value is used to determine the detection on the SRS even subframe.
  • the transmit power of the reference signal is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal using the second power compensation value on the SRS odd subframe.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the network side is in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe.
  • the L (L>1) bit indicates that the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following methods on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined cyclically according to the first to the L power compensation values.
  • the first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined cyclically according to the first to the L power compensation values.
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map. Way nineteen:
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ Lj power compensation values); the first to the L power compensations are sequentially followed.
  • the value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmission power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L power compensations in sequence
  • the value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner: Determining, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ Lj power compensation values);
  • the first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value ⁇ ;
  • the L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ L power compensation values);
  • the power compensation value cycle determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the receiving side learns, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the configured periodic or aperiodic manner. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, or the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner, and has the following specific implementation manners: One:
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; Receiving X (X>1) bit trigger signaling in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) On the subsequent SRS subframe, the power control parameters of the probe reference signal of the Li (KL ⁇ L) set in the signaling are fixed, and the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the subframes is determined until the next time is received. Trigger information sent by the network side; where X bits are used to indicate an index value of a power control parameter of the Lith set sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signals on the SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameter of the Li (KL ⁇ L) set in the signaling, until the receiving side receives the next network side.
  • Trigger information sent wherein the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the Li set sounding reference signal in the form of a bitmap, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined as follows:
  • the first set of power control parameters is used;
  • the second set of power control parameters is used; in the subset L of the SRS subframe set, the Lth set of power control parameters is used.
  • the first set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the probe reference signal on the SRS even subframe
  • the second set of power control parameters is used on the SRS odd subframe to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the X (X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4
  • the subsequent SRS subframe determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in one of the following ways:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; Receiving L ( L > 1 ) bits in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and after n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4 ) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS subframes in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control in turn
  • the parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
  • the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; Receiving L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and following on n+k (k>4) and subsequent SRS subframes
  • One of the following ways determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control in turn
  • the parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high layer signaling. That is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; the receiving side receives the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling in the nth subframe
  • the X (X> 1 ) bit indicates, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following methods on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another
  • the Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; Receiving an L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and n+k (k>4) and n+k (k > 4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ;
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS subframes in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of powers in sequence Control parameter loop determines the sounding reference on every Y SRS subframes The transmit power of the signal;
  • the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another
  • the Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters ⁇ ; Receiving an L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (KLi ⁇ L) sets and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ L sets of power control parameters);
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
  • the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit trigger signaling in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k ( k>4)
  • the power compensation value of the Li (KL ⁇ L) sounding reference signals is fixed on the subsequent SRS sub-frames, and the transmission power of the sounding signals determined by the R10 method is compensated to determine the final
  • the transmit power of the reference signal is detected until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side; wherein the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side learns the power compensation value of L ( L> 1 ) sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • Receiving, by the receiving side, the L (L > 1 ) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe triggers the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4)
  • the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal of Li (l ⁇ Li ⁇ L) is fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signal determined by the R10 mode is compensated until the receiving side receives
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
  • the receiving side learns the power compensation value of L ( L > 1 ) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
  • the first power compensation value is used
  • the second power compensation value is used in the second subset of the SRS subframe set.
  • the Lth power compensation value is used in the Lth subset of the SRS subframe set.
  • the first power compensation value is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS even subframe
  • the second power compensation value is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS odd subframe.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
  • the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the receiving side learns the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ .
  • the receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
  • the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmission power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Future SRS
  • the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on the subframe in one of the following ways:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L power compensations in sequence
  • the value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi ⁇ L) and the Lj (l ⁇ Lj ⁇ L and Lj ⁇ Lj power compensation values); the first to the L powers are sequentially followed.
  • the compensation value cycle determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
  • the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another
  • the Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
  • the receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, ⁇ 1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value ⁇ ;
  • the receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
  • the compensation value determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes; and sequentially determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes according to the 1 ⁇ L power compensation values;
  • the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
  • the network side configures three SRS power compensation values API, AP2, and AP3 for the receiving side through high-layer signaling, and is used for SRS power compensation in the non-CoMP state, the uplink CoMP state, and the downlink CoMP state on the receiving side.
  • the network side configures and notifies the receiving side of the SRS power control parameter in the non-CoMP state according to the existing manner, and the SRS power control parameter in the non-CoMP state includes: at least: indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; MsRS . , indicating the transmission band of the SRS in each sub-frame; p . Pu SCH . , indicates the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) power control parameter; ", represents the path loss conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the receiving side calculates the uplink path loss according to the existing method.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side of the power control mode and the power compensation value through 2 bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 1:
  • the receiving side receives the 2 bit high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling sent by the network side: if the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 00, the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in a non-CoMP state, and the RS is performed according to the ⁇
  • the SRS transmit power determined in the mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side receives the SRS power control index 01, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes in the CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ⁇ 2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side sequentially sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner; for example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms.
  • the receiving side will serve its final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
  • the receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state.
  • Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ⁇ f ⁇ , indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ ⁇ . , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ . , ⁇ , represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
  • the receiving side determines the uplink path loss according to the existing method or a new method.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 2-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 2:
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the second
  • the receiving side receives the 2-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the first set of SRS power control parameters; if the SRS power control is received by the receiving side The index is 01, and the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sequentially sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner; for example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is At 2ms, then:
  • the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the transmission power of the SRS with the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side transmits the SMP in the above-mentioned CoMP state to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmission power of the SRS in the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the plurality of transmitting nodes to send the SRS, and determines the sending power of the SRS by the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
  • Embodiment 3 The network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state.
  • Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ⁇ f ⁇ , a power offset for the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ . , used for the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ . , ⁇ , used for PUSCH power control parameters; ", for ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 member conversion factor; , closed-loop power control correction value for SRS.
  • the receiving side determines the uplink path loss ⁇ according to the existing method or a new method.
  • the network side and the receiving side cyclically determine the transmission power of the sounding reference signal of the SRS subframe in a pre-agreed manner.
  • the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms
  • the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the transmission power of the SRS by using the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side transmits the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes in the non-CoMP state, and determines the transmission power of the SRS by the second set of SRS power control parameters; the third time, the third time When the SRS is transmitted, the receiving side sends the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes in a non-CoMP state, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS with the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
  • the network side configures three SRS power compensation values ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 3 for the receiving side through the upper layer, respectively, when the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state. SRS power compensation.
  • the SRS power under non-CoMP control state parameters comprise at least: it indicates SRS power offset in each subframe; MSRS . , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; p . JTM, which represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the path loss conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
  • the receiving side calculates the uplink path loss according to the existing method.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 3:
  • the receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
  • the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ⁇ to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side sequentially transmits the SRS in a non-CoMP state and an uplink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms
  • the receiving side will serve the final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
  • the second SRS transmission The receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will serve the final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
  • the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the receiving side uplink CoMP state sends an SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and according to ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2 Correct the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes, and according to the pair
  • the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and the ⁇ is present.
  • the SRS transmit power determined in the mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
  • the network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through the upper layer, respectively, for when the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state. , SCo power control in uplink CoMP state and downlink CoMP state.
  • the set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ ⁇ . , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ . , ⁇ , represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
  • the receiving side determines the uplink path loss ⁇ according to the existing method or a new method.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 4:
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the second set of SRS
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the second set of SRS
  • the receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
  • the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends an SRS to multiple receiving nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends an SRS to multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side depends on the loop.
  • the SRS is transmitted in the non-CoMP state and the uplink CoMP state.
  • the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms
  • the receiving side On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first set of SRSs.
  • the power control parameter determines the transmission power of the SRS; on the second ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side transmits the uplink CoMP state to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the SRS transmission according to the second set of SRS power control parameters.
  • the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms
  • the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first
  • the set of SRS power control parameters determines the transmit power of the SRS; on the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the SSRs of the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters.
  • the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the receiving side uplink CoMP state sends the SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and according to the Two sets of SRS power control parameters determine the transmit power of the SRS; on the second ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side transmits the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters. Transmit power; and so on. If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 110, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first set of SRSs.
  • the power control parameter determines the transmit power of the SRS
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmit power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters; the third time, the third time When the SRS is transmitted, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
  • the network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state.
  • Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ⁇ f ⁇ , indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; M ⁇ . , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ⁇ . , ⁇ , represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
  • the receiving side determines the uplink path loss ⁇ according to the existing method or a new method.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3 bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 5: SRS power SRS power control
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the second set
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the third set
  • the first set of SRS power control parameters the second set
  • the receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
  • the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes in the CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters; If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 010, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state and an uplink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
  • the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
  • the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
  • the network side receiving side notifies that power control is performed in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
  • the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determines the transmit power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters; 6th, 8th At 10 ms, that is, when the 4th to 6th SRS transmission is performed, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
  • the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power control system for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the system includes: Network side 21, receiving side 22;
  • the network side 21 is configured to configure, for the receiving side 22, the power control parameters of the multiple sets of sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals; and is further configured to notify the receiving side 22 according to the period through high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Or determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side 22 is configured to learn, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the configured periodic or aperiodic manner. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal; or the receiving side 22 determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal in a predetermined manner.
  • the network side 21 further includes: a configuration module 211, a notification module 212, wherein the configuration module 211 is configured to configure, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
  • the notification module 212 is configured to notify the receiving side by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling to determine the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. power.
  • the receiving side 22 further includes: a storage module 221, a transmit power determining module 222;
  • the storage module 221 is configured to save power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals.
  • the transmit power determining module 222 is configured to learn according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner; or according to a configured sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner The power control parameter or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
  • the receiving side 22 further includes:
  • the transmitting module 223 is configured to send the sounding reference signal to the serving node or the plurality of receiving nodes or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmit power.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a power control method, system and device for a sounding reference signal. One method includes: the network side configuring for the receiving side power control parameters of a plurality of sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of a plurality of sounding reference signals; the network side notifying the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal through a high layer signalling or a physical layer signalling according to a periodical or non-periodical manner and according to the power control parameters of the sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the sounding reference signals. Another method includes: the network side configuring for the receiving side power control parameters of a plurality of sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of a plurality of sounding reference signals; the receiving side determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner and according to the power control parameters of the sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the sounding reference signals. The technical solution according to the present invention can realize transmit power control to the sounding reference signal more accurately and flexibly.

Description

一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法、 系统及装置 技术领域  Power control method, system and device for detecting reference signal
本发明涉及通信领域, 尤其涉及一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法、 系统及装置。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a power control method, system, and apparatus for detecting a reference signal. Background technique
长期高级演进( LTE-A , Long Term Evolution-Advanced )系统的上下行 都是以正交频分复用 ( OFDM, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing ) 为基本的多址复用方式的频分系统, 与传统的以码分多址(CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access ) 为基本的多址复用方式的无线通信系统不同, LTE-A 系统没有处理增益, 小区内部因为完全频分正交, 所以几乎没有干 扰问题, 但是在小区边缘的干扰问题的处理相对比较棘手。 多点协作 ( CoMP, Coordinated Multiple Point )技术是利用多个小区的发射天线协作 传输, 来实现小区边缘处无线链路的较高质量和可靠传输, 可以有效解决 小区边缘的干扰问题。  The uplink and downlink of the Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) system are both frequency division systems based on OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) and multiple access multiplexing methods. The CDMA-A system has no processing gain, and the LTE-A system has no processing gain. The internal frequency division is orthogonal, so there is almost no interference problem. However, the handling of interference problems at the edge of the cell is relatively tricky. The Coordinated Multiple Point (CoMP) technology utilizes the transmit antennas of multiple cells to perform coordinated transmission to achieve higher quality and reliable transmission of the radio link at the cell edge, which can effectively solve the interference problem at the cell edge.
3GPP RAN1 #63b上通过了将 CoMP技术的研究场景分为四种:场景一 是同构网, 一个演进的基站(eNB )下覆盖三个小区, 各小区具有不同的小 区标识(cell ID ), 各小区基站具有相同的发射功率; 场景二是同构网, 一 个 eNB下通过光纤覆盖多个小区, 各小区具有不同的 cell ID, 各小区基站 具有相同的发射功率; 场景三是异构网, 一个 eNB下通过光纤覆盖多个小 区,各小区具有不同的 cell ID,宏小区和远端射频节点( RRH, Remote Radio Head )具有不同的发射功率, 通常宏小区的发射功率远大于 RRH; 场景四 是异构网,一个 eNB下通过光纤覆盖多个小区,各小区具有相同的 cell ID, 宏小区和 RRH具有不同的发射功率,通常宏小区发射功率远大于 RRH。其 中, RAN是随机接入网络( Random Access Network )。 On 3GPP RAN1 #63b, the research scenarios of CoMP technology are divided into four types: scenario 1 is a homogeneous network, and an evolved base station (eNB) covers three cells, each cell having a different cell identifier (cell ID). Each cell base station has the same transmit power; scenario 2 is a homogeneous network, and one eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber, each cell has a different cell ID, and each cell base station has the same transmit power; scenario 3 is a heterogeneous network. An eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber, and each cell has a different cell ID. The macro cell and the remote radio head (RRH) have different transmit powers. Generally, the transmit power of the macro cell is much larger than the RRH. It is a heterogeneous network. One eNB covers multiple cells through an optical fiber. Each cell has the same cell ID. The macro cell and the RRH have different transmit powers. Generally, the macro cell transmit power is much larger than the RRH. Its The RAN is a random access network.
CoMP技术分为下行 CoMP和上行 CoMP, 其中, 下行 CoMP是指多 个节点联合为用户发送数据 /参考信号, 上行 CoMP是指多个节点接收用户 所发送的数据 /参考信号。  The CoMP technology is divided into downlink CoMP and uplink CoMP. The downlink CoMP refers to multiple nodes jointly sending data/reference signals to users. The uplink CoMP refers to multiple nodes receiving data/reference signals sent by users.
3GPP TR36.819中将 CoMP技术分为三种反馈方式: 显式反馈、 隐式 反馈、 探测参考信号(SRS, Sounding Reference Signal )反馈。 其中, 显式 反馈为接收端将所观察到的信道直接反馈给发射端; 隐式反馈为接收端对 所观察到的信道经过处理后反馈给发射端, 例如, 将所观察到信道的信道 状态信息 (CQI, Channel Quality Information ) /预编码矩阵信息 (PMI, Precoding Matrix Indication ) /秩信息( RI, Rank Indication )反馈给发射端; SRS反馈为在时分双工 (TDD, Time Division Duplexing ) 系统中, 基于信 道互易性特点, 根据接收到的 SRS信号信道估计后获得下行信道信息。 其 中, 作为 CoMP系统的一种重要反馈方式, SRS反馈可以通过较小的反馈 开销获得较精确的信道状态信息。  In 3GPP TR36.819, CoMP technology is divided into three feedback modes: explicit feedback, implicit feedback, and sounding reference signal (SRS) feedback. The explicit feedback is that the receiving end directly feeds back the observed channel to the transmitting end; the implicit feedback is that the receiving end processes the observed channel and then feeds back to the transmitting end, for example, the channel state of the observed channel. Information (CQI, Channel Quality Information) / Precoding Matrix Indication (PMI, Precoding Matrix Indication) / Rank Information (RI, Rank Indication) is fed back to the transmitting end; SRS feedback is in Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system According to the channel reciprocity feature, the downlink channel information is obtained according to the received SRS signal channel estimation. Among them, as an important feedback method of the CoMP system, the SRS feedback can obtain more accurate channel state information through a smaller feedback overhead.
综上所述, LTE/LTE-A中 SRS反馈的功能一般有两种:一种是利用 SRS 反馈获得上行信道信息, 进行上行调度、 资源分配、 数据传输; 一种是利 用 SRS反馈获得下行信道信息(TDD系统中), 进行下行调度、 资源分配、 数据传输。  In summary, there are two types of SRS feedback functions in LTE/LTE-A: one is to use SRS feedback to obtain uplink channel information, perform uplink scheduling, resource allocation, and data transmission; one is to use SRS feedback to obtain downlink channel. Information (in the TDD system), performing downlink scheduling, resource allocation, and data transmission.
现有技术中, 上行功率控制可以看作是由开环功率控制和闭环功率控 制两部分构成, 其中开环功率控制中的路损计算是假设了下行路损等于上 行路损, 根据下行参考信号估计下行路损从而获得上行路损值。 但是, 在 CoMP场景三和场景四中, 由于小区间存在发射功率不平衡性,根据最大接 收增益原则, 用户的下行 CoMP发射节点集合和上行 CoMP接收节点集合 并不是相同的, 其下行路损并不等于上行路损, 因此路损计算并不准确, 从而导致开环功率控制存在较大偏差, 以至于通过闭环的微调作用仍不能 及时获得很好的功率控制效果。 过大的路损计算, 不仅对用户的发射功率 造成浪费, 而且也会对其它用户造成较大干扰; 反之, 过小的路损计算, 则无法达到用户要求的覆盖范围及接收质量要求。 发明内容 In the prior art, the uplink power control can be regarded as composed of two parts: open loop power control and closed loop power control. The path loss calculation in the open loop power control assumes that the downlink path loss is equal to the uplink path loss, according to the downlink reference signal. The downlink path loss is estimated to obtain the uplink path loss value. However, in CoMP scenario 3 and scenario 4, due to the unbalanced transmit power between cells, according to the principle of maximum receive gain, the downlink CoMP transmitting node set and the uplink CoMP receiving node set of the user are not the same, and the downlink path loss is It is not equal to the uplink path loss, so the path loss calculation is not accurate, which leads to a large deviation of the open-loop power control, so that the fine-tuning effect through the closed loop still cannot Get good power control results in time. Excessive path loss calculation not only wastes the user's transmit power, but also causes large interference to other users. Conversely, if the path loss is too small, the user's required coverage and reception quality requirements cannot be met. Summary of the invention
有鉴于此, 本发明实施例的主要目的在于提供一种探测参考信号的功 率控制方法、 系统及装置, 能够更加准确、 灵活的实现探测参考信号的发 射功率控制。  In view of this, the main purpose of the embodiments of the present invention is to provide a power control method, system, and apparatus for detecting a reference signal, which can implement the transmission power control of the sounding reference signal more accurately and flexibly.
为达到上述目的, 本发明的技术方案是这样实现的:  In order to achieve the above object, the technical solution of the present invention is achieved as follows:
本发明实施例提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法, 包括: 网络侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的 功率补偿值;  An embodiment of the present invention provides a power control method for detecting a reference signal, including: configuring, by the network side, a power control parameter of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or a power compensation value of multiple sounding reference signals;
网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方 式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿 值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal by high-level signaling or physical layer signaling.
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参 考信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特触发接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li套探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定 SRS子帧上的探测参考信号的发 射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触发信息;  The X-bit or L-bit triggering of the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side is triggered on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k. The power control parameter of the Li set sounding reference signal determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
其中, X比特用于指示第 Li套探测参考信号的功率控制参数的索引值, JL X > 1 ; L > 1 , 所述 L为网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置的探测参考信 号的功率控制参数的数量, L比特以比特映射的形式指示第 Li套探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。 上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参 考信号的发射功率为: The X bit is used to indicate the index value of the power control parameter of the Lith detection signal, JL X >1; L > 1, and the L is the power of the sounding reference signal configured by the network side through the high layer signaling for the receiving side. The number of control parameters, L bits indicate the power control parameters of the Li-th detection reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, l < Li < L. In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner:
网络侧在第 η个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依 次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the L power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l < Li < L.
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参 考信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依 次按照至少两套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l < Li < L.
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参 考信号的发射功率为: In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The periodic or aperiodic mode, and determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依 次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的 发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe according to the first to the L power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, K Li < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向 接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li < L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参 考信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依 次按照至少两套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的 发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, K Li < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向 接收侧指示 Y的取值。 上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考 信号的发射功率为: Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li <L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit. In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 η个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特触发接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对确定的探测参考信号的发射功率进 行补偿, 确定 SRS子帧上最终的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接 收到下一次网络侧发送的触发信息;  The X-bit or L-bit triggering of the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side is triggered on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k, and is fixed according to the And determining, by the power compensation value of the reference signal, the transmit power of the determined sounding reference signal, determining the transmit power of the final sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe, until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
其中, X比特用于指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值的索引值; L 比特以比特映射的形式指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1 < Li  Wherein, the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal; the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, 1 < Li
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考 信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次 按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the L power compensation values;
其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1 < Li < L0 Wherein, the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < Li < L 0
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考 信号的发射功率为: In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上固定按照第 个功率 补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次按照第 1~L 个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  The X bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side fixes the first power compensation value on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k. Determining a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧 指示 Y的取值。  The first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; The network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考 信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次 按照至少两个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two power compensation values;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参 考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, K Li L0 Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the work power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li L 0
上述方法中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考 信号的发射功率为: 网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定按照 第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次 按照至少两个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; In the above method, the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal: The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes according to at least two power compensation values;
其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, K Li L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接 收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein, the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
上述方法中, 该方法还包括:  In the above method, the method further includes:
接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方 式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的功 率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确 定探测参考信号的发射功率。  Receiving, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
上述方法中, 所述接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the receiving side determines, according to a pre-agreed manner, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal:
接收侧按照在 SRS子帧集合的第 Li个子集内,使用第 Li套功率控制参 数的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划分为 L个子集, l < Li < L。  The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the Lith power control parameter in the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets, l < Li < L.
上述方法中, 所述接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据所述探测参考 信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  In the above method, the receiving side determines, according to a pre-agreed manner, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
接收侧按照在 SRS子帧集合的第 Li个子集内,使用第 Li个功率补偿值 的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划分为 L 个子集, l < Li < L。 The receiving side determines, according to the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal by using a Li power compensation value; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L Subsets, l < Li < L.
本发明还提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法 , 包括:  The invention also provides a power control method for detecting a reference signal, comprising:
接收侧配置有多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号 的功率补偿值;  The receiving side is configured with a plurality of power control parameters of the sounding reference signal or power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方 式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的功 率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确 定探测参考信号的发射功率。  Receiving, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
上述方法中, 该方法还包括: 接收侧按照确定的发射功率向服务节点、 或多个接收节点、 或多个发射节点发送探测参考信号。  In the above method, the method further includes: the receiving side transmitting the sounding reference signal to the serving node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmitting power.
本发明还提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制系统, 包括: 网络侧、 接 收侧; 其中,  The present invention also provides a power control system for detecting a reference signal, including: a network side, a receiving side;
网络侧, 设置为为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值; 还设置为, 通过高层信令或物理层信令通 知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参 数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The network side is configured to configure, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals; and is further configured to notify the receiving side according to periodic or aperiodic by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling And determining, according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
上述系统中, 所述接收侧设置为, 根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数 或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收 侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测 参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  In the above system, the receiving side is configured to learn, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter or a plurality of sounding reference signals according to a configured sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. The power compensation value determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal; or the receiving side determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
本发明还提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制装置, 包括: 配置模块、 通知模块; 其中,  The present invention also provides a power control apparatus for detecting a reference signal, including: a configuration module, a notification module, wherein
配置模块, 设置为配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测 参考信号的功率补偿值; Configuration module, configured to configure power control parameters or multiple probes of multiple sets of sounding reference signals The power compensation value of the reference signal;
通知模块, 设置为通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或 非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的 功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The notification module is configured to notify the receiving side by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. .
本发明还提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制装置, 包括: 存储模块、 发射功率确定模块; 其中,  The present invention also provides a power control apparatus for detecting a reference signal, including: a storage module, a transmit power determining module, wherein
存储模块, 设置为保存配置的多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值;  a storage module, configured to save power control parameters of multiple configured sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
发射功率确定模块, 设置为根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知 按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或按照预先 约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的 功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The transmit power determining module is configured to determine, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner Detecting the transmit power of the reference signal; or determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
上述装置中, 该装置还包括:  In the above device, the device further comprises:
发射模块, 设置为按照确定的发射功率向服务节点、 或多个接收节点、 或多个发射节点发送探测参考信号。  And a transmitting module, configured to send a sounding reference signal to the serving node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmit power.
本发明实施例提供的探测参考信号的功率控制方法、 系统及装置, 网 络侧为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号 的功率补偿值; 网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或 非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的 功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 接收侧根据收到的高层信令或 物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射 功率;  The power control method, system and device for detecting a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network side is configured to configure a power control parameter of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or a power compensation value of multiple sounding reference signals on the receiving side; Or the physical layer signaling notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner; Or physical layer signaling, determining, according to a periodic or aperiodic manner, determining a transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
或者, 网络侧为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个 探测参考信号的功率补偿值; 接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探 测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信 号的发射功率。 Or, the network side configures multiple power control parameters or multiple sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side. The power compensation value of the sounding reference signal is detected; the receiving side determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
本发明实施例对 R8/9/10 中的现有的探测参考信号的发射功率控制机 制进行增强, 以实现更加准确、 灵活的探测参考信号的发射功率控制, 提 高网络的通信质量和效率。 附图说明  The embodiment of the present invention enhances the transmission power control mechanism of the existing sounding reference signal in R8/9/10 to achieve more accurate and flexible transmission power control of the sounding reference signal, and improve communication quality and efficiency of the network. DRAWINGS
图 1是本发明实施例实现探测参考信号的功率控制方法的流程示意图; 图 2是本发明实施例实现探测参考信号的功率控制系统的结构示意图。 具体实施方式  1 is a schematic flowchart of a power control method for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; and FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power control system for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
本发明实施例的基本思想是:  The basic idea of the embodiment of the present invention is:
网络侧为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参 考信号的功率补偿值; 网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照 周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考 信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 接收侧根据收到的高层 信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The network side configures the power control parameters of the multiple sets of sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals for the receiving side; the network side notifies the receiving side according to the periodic or aperiodic manner by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, and according to the The power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal; the receiving side knows according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, according to the periodic or aperiodic mode, and according to the configuration The power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals determines a transmit power of the sounding reference signal;
或者, 网络侧为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个 探测参考信号的功率补偿值; 接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探 测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信 号的发射功率。  Or, the network side configures, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals; the receiving side according to a predetermined manner, according to the power control parameters or sounding reference signals of the configured sounding reference signals The power compensation value determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
下面通过附图及具体实施例对本发明再做进一步的详细说明。  The invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the drawings and specific embodiments.
本发明实施例提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法, 图 1是本发明 实施例实现探测参考信号的功率控制方法的流程示意图, 如图 1 所示, 该 方法包括以下步驟: Embodiments of the present invention provide a power control method for detecting a reference signal, and FIG. 1 is the present invention. An embodiment provides a schematic flowchart of a power control method for detecting a reference signal. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps:
步驟 101 ,网络侧为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值;  Step 101: The network side configures, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
步驟 102,接收侧配置有多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测 参考信号的功率补偿值;  Step 102: The receiving side is configured with multiple sets of power control parameters of the sounding reference signal or power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals;
网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方 式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿 值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信 令, 获知按照周期或非周期方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参 数或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率;  The network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling; Determining, according to the received high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner;
或者, 接收侧按照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率 控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  Alternatively, the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
在确定探测参考信号的发射功率后, 接收侧按照确定的发射功率向服 务节点、 或多个接收节点、 或多个发射节点发送探测参考信号。  After determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, the receiving side transmits the sounding reference signal to the service node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmitting power.
本发明中, 网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或 非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号 的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 或接收侧按照预先约定的方 式确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 有以下具体实现方式:  In the present invention, the network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal by high-level signaling or physical layer signaling. The power, or the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner, and has the following specific implementation manners:
方式一:  method one:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L ( L > 1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X ( X > 1 ) 比特触发接收侧在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 ) 以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照第 Li ( l <Li<L)套探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定 这些 SRS子帧上的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网 络侧发送的触发信息; 其中 X比特用于指示第 Li套探测参考信号的功率控 制参数的索引值。 The X ( X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) Later SRS In the subframe, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameter of the Li (1 <Li<L) set of sounding reference signals until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side. Wherein the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power control parameter of the Lith set sounding reference signal.
方式二二  Way two two
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L ( L > 1 ) 比特触发接收侧在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 ) 以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照第 Li ( 1 <DL)套功率控制参数确定这些 SRS子帧上 的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触发 信息; 本发明实施例中, L比特以比特映射(bitmap)的形式指示第 Li套探 测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即 L比特中的第 Li个比特值为 1, 其它比特 上的值均为 0。  The L ( L > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) on the subsequent SRS subframes, the transmit power of the sounding reference signals on the SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (1 <DL) set power control parameter, until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side; In the embodiment of the present invention, the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the Lith cover sounding reference signal in the form of a bit map, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
例如,有 L套功率控制参数, bitma 就是正好用等于 L的 bit进行映射, 其中一个 bit代表一套功率控制参数。  For example, if there are L sets of power control parameters, the bitma is just mapped with a bit equal to L, where one bit represents a set of power control parameters.
方式三:  Method three:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
接收侧按照与网络侧预先约定的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 即按照以下方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
在 SRS子帧集合的第 1个子集内, 使用第 1套功率控制参数; 在 SRS子帧集合的第 2个子集内, 使用第 2套功率控制参数; 在 SRS子帧集合的第 L个子集内, 使用第 L套功率控制参数; 其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划分为 L个子集; In the first subset of the SRS subframe set, the first set of power control parameters is used; in the second subset of the SRS subframe set, the second set of power control parameters is used; The L-th power control parameter is used in the L-th subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets;
例如, 如果 L=2, 在 SRS偶数子帧上使用第 1套功率控制参数确定探 测参考信号的发射功率, 在 SRS奇数子帧上使用第 2套功率控制参数确定 探测参考信号的发射功率。  For example, if L = 2, the first set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the probe reference signal on the SRS even subframe, and the second set of power control parameters is used on the SRS odd subframe to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
方式四:  Method 4:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率。  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn according to the first to the L sets of power control parameters.
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数。 方式五: The first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side. Method 5:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
其中, L比特以比特映射(bitmap)的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically in the form of a bit map.
方式 :  the way :
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: 固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner: Fixing the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters;
 :
固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixing, according to the Lth set of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li (KLi<L)套和第 Lj (l<Lj<L Lj≠Li)套功率控 制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  Determining, according to the Li (KLi<L) set and the Lj (l<Lj<L Lj≠Li) sets of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
 :
依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数。  The first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式七:  Method seven:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; Fixed determining the transmission of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters Firing power; fixedly determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the Lth power control parameter;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)套和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L Lj≠Li)套功率控 制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the power control parameters of the Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l<Lj<L Lj≠Li) sets in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control The parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式八:  Way eight:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1 ) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率。 Fixedly determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameters.
其中 X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功率 控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another The Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式九:  Way nine:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS子帧上按 照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate the SRS of the receiving side after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4). The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on the subframe in one of the following ways:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧探测参考信号上的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧探测参考信号上的发 射功率;  Fixing the transmit power on each SRS subframe sounding reference signal according to the second set of power control parameters; determining the transmit power on each SRS subframe sounding reference signal according to the Lth power control parameter;
依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
方式十:  Way ten:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 }; The network side configures the power of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling. Control parameters, ie {1st set of power control parameters, 2nd set of power control parameters, ..., Lth set of power control parameters};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1 ) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters;
 :
固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixing, according to the Lth set of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)套和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 套功率控 制参数确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (KLi<L) sets and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L sets of power control parameters);
 :
依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的的发射功率;  And determining, according to the first to the L sets of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another The Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式十一:  Mode 11:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )套探测参考信号的功率 控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数, 第 2套功率控制参数, ..., 第 L套功 率控制参数 };  The network side configures the power control parameters of the L (L>1) sets of sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the first set of power control Parameter};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS子帧上按 照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The network side is in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe. The L bit indicates that the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following manners on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)套和第 Lj ( l <Lj<L Lj≠Li)套功率控 制参数确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率;  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameters of the Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l <Lj<L Lj≠Li) sets in turn; according to the first to the L sets of powers in sequence The control parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
方式十二:  Mode 12:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L> 1 )个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L> 1 ) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X ( X > 1 ) 比特触发接收侧在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 ) 以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照第 Li ( l <Li<L)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对以 R10方式确定的探测参考信号的发射功率进行补偿, 以确定这些 SRS子帧 上最终的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送 的触发信息; 其中, X比特用于指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值的 索引值。 The X ( X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side trigger the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) On the subsequent SRS subframes, the power compensation values of the sounding reference signals of Li (l <Li<L) are fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signals determined by the R10 method is compensated to determine these SRS subframes. The transmit power of the final sounding reference signal until the receiving side receives the next network side transmission The trigger information; wherein, the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal.
方式十三:  Method 13:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L比特触发接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定按照第 Li ( 1 <Li<L)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对以 R10方式 确定的探测参考信号的发射功率进行补偿, 以确定这些 SRS子帧上最终的 探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触发信 息; 其中, L比特以 bitmap的形式指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即 L比特中的第 Li个比特值为 1, 其它比特上的值均为 0。  The L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side triggers the SRS on the receiving side after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4). On the subframe, the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal of Li (1 <Li<L) is fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signal determined by the R10 mode is compensated to determine the final sounding reference on the SRS subframes. The transmit power of the signal until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side; wherein, the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal in the form of a bitmap, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit 1, the value on all other bits is 0.
方式十四:  Method 14:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
接收侧按照与网络侧预先约定的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 即按照以下方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
在 SRS子帧集合的第 1个子集内, 使用第 1个功率补偿值;  In the first subset of the SRS subframe set, the first power compensation value is used;
在 SRS子帧集合的第 2个子集内, 使用第 2个功率补偿值; 在 SRS子帧集合的第 L个子集内, 使用第 L个功率补偿值;  In the second subset of the SRS subframe set, the second power compensation value is used; in the Lth subset of the SRS subframe set, the Lth power compensation value is used;
其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划分为 L个子集;  The SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets;
例如, 如果 L=2, 在 SRS偶数子帧上使用第 1个功率补偿值确定探测 参考信号的发射功率, 在 SRS奇数子帧上使用第 2个功率补偿值确定探测 参考信号的发射功率。 For example, if L=2, the first power compensation value is used to determine the detection on the SRS even subframe. The transmit power of the reference signal is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal using the second power compensation value on the SRS odd subframe.
方式十五:  Way fifteen:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示探测参考信号的功率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的功率补偿值。  The first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式十六:  Way sixteen:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The network side is in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe. The L (L>1) bit indicates that the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following methods on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号 的功率补偿值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式十七:  Way seventeen:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; Determining, according to the second power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; Determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率。  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined cyclically according to the first to the L power compensation values.
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式十八:  Way 18:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率。  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined cyclically according to the first to the L power compensation values.
其中 L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。 方式十九: The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map. Way nineteen:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1 ) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠Lj个功率补 偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠Lj power compensation values); the first to the L power compensations are sequentially followed. The value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。  The first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmission power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式二十:  Way twenty:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值}; The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠Lj个功率补 偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  According to the Li (KLi<L) and Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠Lj power compensation values, the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L power compensations in sequence The value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号 的功率补偿值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式二十一:  Method 21:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 X (X>1) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: 固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; The X (X>1) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner: Determining, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
 :
固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠Lj个功率补 偿值确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠Lj power compensation values);
 :
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  And determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式二十二:  Way twenty two:
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率 补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿 值};  The network side configures the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals for the receiving side through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation Value};
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1 ) 比特指示接收侧在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The L (L>1) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; Fixedly determining the transmission of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second power compensation value Power; fixedly determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the Lth power compensation value;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 个功率补 偿值确定每个 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L power compensation values); The power compensation value cycle determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
本发明实施例中, 接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按 照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个 探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 或者接收侧按 照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考 信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 有以下具体实现方式: 方式一:  In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving side learns, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the configured periodic or aperiodic manner. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, or the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner, and has the following specific implementation manners: One:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X>1 ) 比特触发信令, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照信令中所指第 Li (KL^L)套探测参考信号的功 率控制参数, 确定这些子帧上的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收到下 一次网络侧发送的触发信息; 其中, X比特用于指示第 Li套探测参考信号 的功率控制参数的索引值。 方式二: The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving X (X>1) bit trigger signaling in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) On the subsequent SRS subframe, the power control parameters of the probe reference signal of the Li (KL^L) set in the signaling are fixed, and the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the subframes is determined until the next time is received. Trigger information sent by the network side; where X bits are used to indicate an index value of a power control parameter of the Lith set sounding reference signal. Method 2:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L> 1 ) 比特触发信令, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照信令中所指第 Li (KL^L)套功率控制参数确定 这些 SRS子帧上的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网 络侧发送的触发信息; 其中 L比特以 bitmap的形式指示了第 Li套探测参考 信号的功率控制参数, 即 L比特中的第 Li个比特值为 1, 其它比特上的值 均为 0。  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving L (L> 1 ) bit trigger signaling in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) On the subsequent SRS subframes, the transmit power of the sounding reference signals on the SRS subframes is determined according to the power control parameter of the Li (KL^L) set in the signaling, until the receiving side receives the next network side. Trigger information sent; wherein the L bit indicates the power control parameter of the Li set sounding reference signal in the form of a bitmap, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
方式三:  Method three:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧按照与网络侧预先约定的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 即按照以下方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined as follows:
在 SRS子帧集合的子集 1内, 使用第 1套功率控制参数;  In the subset 1 of the SRS subframe set, the first set of power control parameters is used;
在 SRS子帧集合的子集 2内, 使用第 2套功率控制参数; 在 SRS子帧集合的子集 L内, 使用第 L套功率控制参数。  In the subset 2 of the SRS subframe set, the second set of power control parameters is used; in the subset L of the SRS subframe set, the Lth set of power control parameters is used.
例如, 如果 L=2, 在 SRS偶数子帧上使用第 1套功率控制参数确定探 测参考信号的发射功率, 在 SRS奇数子帧上使用第 2套功率控制参数确定 探测参考信号的发射功率。  For example, if L = 2, the first set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the probe reference signal on the SRS even subframe, and the second set of power control parameters is used on the SRS odd subframe to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
方式四:  Method 4:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X ( X > 1 ) 比特, 并在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 ) 以后的 SRS子帧 上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; The receiving side receives the X (X > 1 ) bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4 The subsequent SRS subframe determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in one of the following ways:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数。  The first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式五:  Method 5:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L > 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L ( L > 1 )比特, 并在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 )以后的 SRS子帧上 按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving L ( L > 1 ) bits in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and after n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4 ) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS subframes in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; Fixing the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters; Fixing the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the Lth power control parameter;
依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the Lth power control parameter loops in sequence;
其中 L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式 :  the way :
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving X (X> 1 ) bit indications in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)套和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 套功率控 制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率; 其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考 信号的功率控制参数。 According to the Li (KLi<L) set and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L sets of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control in turn The parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; The first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式七:  Method seven:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L > 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)上及以后的 SRS子帧上按照 以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and following on n+k (k>4) and subsequent SRS subframes One of the following ways determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li (KLi<L)套和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 套功率控 制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  According to the Li (KLi<L) set and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L sets of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of power control in turn The parameter loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式八:  Way eight:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L > 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high layer signaling. That is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; the receiving side receives the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling in the nth subframe The X (X> 1 ) bit indicates, and determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following methods on the SRS subframes after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4):
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
其中 X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功率 控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein the first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameters of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another The Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式九:  Way nine:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令中 的 L (L>1) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)上及 n+k ( k > 4 ) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving an L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and n+k (k>4) and n+k (k > 4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; Fixed determining the transmission of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters Firing power; fixedly determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the Lth power control parameter;
依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
方式十:  Way ten:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L > 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X>1 ) 比特指示, 在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS子 帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving X (X>1) bit indications in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, after n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS subframes in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率; 固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Determining, according to the second set of power control parameters, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power control parameter, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)套和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 套功率控 制参数确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率; According to the Li (KLi<L) set and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L sets of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L sets of powers in sequence Control parameter loop determines the sounding reference on every Y SRS subframes The transmit power of the signal;
其中 X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功率 控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another The Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式十一:  Mode 11:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )套探测参考信号的功率控制参数, 即{第 1套功率控制参数,第 2套功率控制参数,…,第 L套功率控制参数}; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power control parameters of the L ( L > 1 ) sets of sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {the first set of power control parameters, the second set of power control parameters, ..., the Lth set of power control parameters}; Receiving an L (L>1) bit indication in physical uplink control signaling and/or physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k>4) The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first set of power control parameters;
固定按照第 2套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixed determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the second set of power control parameters;
 :
固定按照第 L套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发 射功率;  Fixing, according to the Lth set of power control parameters, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li (KLi<L)套和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 套功率控 制参数确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  The transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the Li (KLi<L) sets and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L sets of power control parameters);
 :
依次按照第 1 ~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考 信号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first to the L sets of power control parameter cycles;
其中 L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率控制参数, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
方式十二: 接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特触发信令, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上固定按照第 Li ( KL^L)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对 以 R10方式确定的探测信号的发射功率进行补偿, 以确定这些子帧上最终 的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触发 信息; 其中, X比特用于指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值的索引值。 Mode 12: The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, {the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit trigger signaling in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k ( k>4) The power compensation value of the Li (KL^L) sounding reference signals is fixed on the subsequent SRS sub-frames, and the transmission power of the sounding signals determined by the R10 method is compensated to determine the final The transmit power of the reference signal is detected until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side; wherein the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal.
方式十三:  Method 13:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L> 1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L ( L > 1 ) 比特触发接收侧在 n+k ( k > 4 )及 n+k ( k > 4 )以后的 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照第 Li ( l <Li<L)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对以 R10 方式确定的探测参考信号的发射功率进行补偿, 以直到接收侧接收到 下一次网络侧发送的触发信息直到接收到下一次触发信息;  The receiving side learns the power compensation value of L ( L> 1 ) sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; Receiving, by the receiving side, the L (L > 1 ) bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe triggers the receiving side at n+k ( k > 4 ) and n+k ( k > 4) On the subsequent SRS sub-frame, the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal of Li (l <Li<L) is fixed, and the transmission power of the sounding reference signal determined by the R10 mode is compensated until the receiving side receives The trigger information sent by the next network side until the next trigger information is received;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值, 即 L比特中的第 Li个比特值为 1, 其它比特上的值均为 0。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, that is, the Lith bit value in the L bit is 1, and the values on the other bits are all 0.
方式十四:  Method 14:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L ( L > 1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧按照与网络侧预先约定的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率, 即按照以下方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side learns the power compensation value of L ( L > 1 ) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal in a manner agreed in advance with the network side, that is, determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the following manner:
在 SRS子帧集合的第 1个子集内, 使用第 1个功率补偿值;  In the first subset of the SRS subframe set, the first power compensation value is used;
在 SRS子帧集合的第 2个子集内, 使用第 2个功率补偿值; 在 SRS子帧集合的第 L个子集内, 使用第 L个功率补偿值。 In the second subset of the SRS subframe set, the second power compensation value is used; The Lth power compensation value is used in the Lth subset of the SRS subframe set.
例如, 如果 L=2, 在 SRS偶数子帧上使用第 1个功率补偿值确定探测 参考信号的发射功率, 在 SRS奇数子帧上使用第 2个功率补偿值确定探测 参考信号的发射功率。  For example, if L = 2, the first power compensation value is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS even subframe, and the second power compensation value is used to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS odd subframe.
方式十五:  Way fifteen:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示探测参考信号的功率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的功率补偿值。  The first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式十六:  Way sixteen:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式十七:  Way seventeen:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }。  The receiving side learns the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high-level signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}.
接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; Determining, according to the second power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; Determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  And determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信 号的功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The first bit of the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes The other Z bits indicate the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式十八:  Way 18:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  And determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中 L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式十九: 接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: Way nineteen: The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, {the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
 :
固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 个功率补 偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率;  Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the Li (KLi<L) and Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L power compensation values);
 :
依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined according to the first to the L power compensation values in sequence;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功 率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。  The first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmission power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side.
方式二十:  Way twenty:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率: The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, {the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Future SRS The transmit power of the sounding reference signal is determined on the subframe in one of the following ways:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li ( KLi<L)个和第 Lj ( l<Lj<L且 Lj≠L 个功率补 偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  According to the Li (KLi<L) and Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠L power compensation values, the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe is determined in turn; according to the first to the L power compensations in sequence The value loop determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal specifically received by the receiving side in the form of a bit map.
方式二十一:  Method 21:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1 )个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X (X> 1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of the L (L>1) sounding reference signals through the high layer signaling, that is, {the first power compensation value, the second power compensation value, ..., the Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the X (X> 1 ) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; Determining, according to the second power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; Determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li (KLi<L)个和第 Lj (l<Lj<L且 Lj≠Lj个功率补 偿值确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率;  The transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes is determined according to the first Li (KLi<L) and the Lj (l<Lj<L and Lj≠Lj power compensation values); the first to the L powers are sequentially followed. The compensation value cycle determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes;
其中 X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的功率 补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号 的功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The first bit of the X bits is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side, and the network side passes another The Z bit indicates the value of Y to the receiving side.
方式二十二:  Way twenty two:
接收侧通过高层信令获知 L (L>1)个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 即{第 1个功率补偿值, 第 2个功率补偿值, ..., 第 L个功率补偿值 }; 接收侧接收第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 L (L>1 ) 比特指示, 并在 n+k (k>4)及 n+k (k>4) 以后的 SRS 子帧上按照以下方式之一确定探测参考信号的发射功率:  The receiving side obtains the power compensation value of L (L>1) sounding reference signals through high layer signaling, that is, {1st power compensation value, 2nd power compensation value, ..., Lth power compensation value}; The receiving side receives the L (L>1) bit indication in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe, and is at n+k (k>4) and n+k (k> 4) Determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on one of the following SRS sub-frames in the following manner:
固定按照第 1个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Fixing, according to the first power compensation value, the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
固定按照第 2个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 固定按照第 L个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率;  Determining, according to the second power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe; and determining, according to the Lth power compensation value, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe;
依次按照第 Li (KLi<L)个和第 ( KLi L iL Li≠Li)个功率补 偿值确定每个 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率; 依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率; According to the Li (KLi<L) and (KLi L iL Li≠Li) powers The compensation value determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes; and sequentially determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes according to the 1~L power compensation values;
其中, L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探测参考信号的 功率补偿值, 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  The L bit indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side in the form of a bit map, and the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
实施例一  Embodiment 1
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 3个 SRS功率补偿值 API、 AP2、 AP3 , 分别用于接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率补偿。  The network side configures three SRS power compensation values API, AP2, and AP3 for the receiving side through high-layer signaling, and is used for SRS power compensation in the non-CoMP state, the uplink CoMP state, and the downlink CoMP state on the receiving side.
网络侧按照现有方式向接收侧配置及通知其非 CoMP状态下的 SRS功 率控制参数,所述非 CoMP状态下的 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: , 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的功率偏置; MsRS。, 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的传输 带; p。 puSCH。, 表示物理上行共享信道 ( PUSCH , Physical Uplink Shared Channel )功控参数; ", 表示路损折算因子; , 表示 SRS的闭环功控修 正值。 The network side configures and notifies the receiving side of the SRS power control parameter in the non-CoMP state according to the existing manner, and the SRS power control parameter in the non-CoMP state includes: at least: indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; MsRS . , indicating the transmission band of the SRS in each sub-frame; p . Pu SCH . , indicates the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) power control parameter; ", represents the path loss conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式计算上行路损 。  The receiving side calculates the uplink path loss according to the existing method.
网络侧通过 2bit高层信令或物理层信令向接收侧通知功率控制模式及 功率补偿值, 如表 1所示:  The network side notifies the receiving side of the power control mode and the power compensation value through 2 bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 1:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
表 1 接收侧接收所述网络侧发送的 2bit高层信令或物理层信令: 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 00,接收侧以非 CoMP状态向 其服务节点发送 SRS ,并按照 ΔΡΐ对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:Table 1 The receiving side receives the 2 bit high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling sent by the network side: if the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 00, the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in a non-CoMP state, and the RS is performed according to the ΔΡΐ The SRS transmit power determined in the mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , (m) 10 log10 (MSRS c ) + Po msc^c (j) + «c (j) - PLc + fc (i) + APl} 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 01 ,接收侧以上行 CoMP状态 向其多个接收节点发送 SRS ,并按照 ΔΡ2对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率 进行修正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:( , ( m ) 10 log 10 (M SRS c ) + P o msc ^ c (j) + « c (j) - PL c + f c (i) + APl} If the receiving side receives the SRS power control index 01, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes in the CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ΔΡ2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , (m) 10 Iog10 (MSRS c ) + Po
Figure imgf000046_0001
( , ( m ) 10 Iog 10 (M SRS c ) + P o
Figure imgf000046_0001
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 10,接收侧以下行 CoMP状态 向其多个发射节点发送 SRS,并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率 进行修正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 10, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , (m) 10 Iog10 (MSRS c ) + Po
Figure imgf000046_0002
( , ( m ) 10 Iog 10 (M SRS c ) + P o
Figure imgf000046_0002
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 11 , 接收侧以循环的方式依次 以非 CoMP状态、上行 CoMP状态、下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS;例如当 SRS 为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么:  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 11, the receiving side sequentially sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner; for example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms. When, then:
第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 定最终的 SRS发射功率: On the 0ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will serve its final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
( , (m) 10 log10 (MSRS c ) + Po msc^c (j) + «c (j) - PLc + fc (i) + APl} 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以上行 CoMP状态向其多 个接收节点发送 SRS ,并按照 Δ½对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率: ( , ( m ) 10 log 10 (M SRS c ) + P o msc ^ c (j) + « c (j) - PL c + f c (i) + APl} On the 2ms, ie the second SRS transmission The receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to Δ1⁄2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
(''), (m) 101Og10 (MSRS,C ) + P0H,c (j) + Oic (j) · PLC + fc (i) + APl) 第 4ms上, 即第 3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以下行 CoMP状态向其多 个发射节点发送 SRS ,并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:(''), ( m ) 101Og 10 (M SRS , C ) + P 0H , c (j) + Oi c (j) · PL C + f c (i) + APl) on the 4th, ie the first When three SRS transmissions are performed, the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to its multiple transmitting nodes, and repairs the SRS transmission power determined according to the existing mode. Positive, determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , (m) 10 Iog10 (MSRS c ) + Po
Figure imgf000047_0001
( , ( m ) 10 Iog 10 (M SRS c ) + P o
Figure imgf000047_0001
依次类推。  And so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡ1 =0。  Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, and there is no asymmetry problem of the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so the power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡ1 =0.
实施例二  Embodiment 2
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 3套 SRS功率控制参数(第 1套 SRS 功率控制参数、 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数), 分别用于接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率控制。 所述每套 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: ^f^ , 表示 SRS在每个子 帧中的功率偏置; Μ^。, 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的传输带宽; ρ。,^, 表 示 PUSCH功控参数; ", 表示 ί¾员折算因子; , 表示 SRS的闭环功控修 正值。 The network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state. Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ^f^ , indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; Μ ^. , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ρ . , ^, represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ί3⁄4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式或新的方式确定上行路损 。  The receiving side determines the uplink path loss according to the existing method or a new method.
网络侧通过 2bit高层信令或物理层信令向接收侧通知其功率控制模式 及功率补偿值, 如表 2所示:  The network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 2-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 2:
SRS功率控 SRS功率控制  SRS power control SRS power control
SRS功率补偿值  SRS power compensation value
制索引 模式  Index mode
00 非 CoMP 第 1套 SRS功率控制参数  00 Non-CoMP 1st set of SRS power control parameters
01 上行 CoMP 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数  01 Upstream CoMP 2nd set of SRS power control parameters
10 下行 CoMP 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数  10 Downstream CoMP 3rd set of SRS power control parameters
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 2 The first set of SRS power control parameters, the second
11 循环 11 cycles
套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率 I I ^控制参数循环对 SRS功率进行控制 ^ 表 2 Set of SRS power control parameters, the third set of SRS power II ^ Control parameter loop to control SRS power ^ Table 2
接收侧接收所述网络侧发送的 2bit高层信令或物理层信令:  The receiving side receives the 2-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 00,接收侧以非 CoMP状态向 其服务节点发送 SRS ,并以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 01 ,接收侧以上行 CoMP状态 向其多个接收节点发送 SRS, 并以第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发 送功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 00, the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the first set of SRS power control parameters; if the SRS power control is received by the receiving side The index is 01, and the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the second set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 10,接收侧以下行 CoMP状态 向其多个发射节点发送 SRS , 并以第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发 送功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 10, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS by using the third set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 11 , 接收侧以循环的方式依次 以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS; 例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么:  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 11, the receiving side sequentially sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner; for example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is At 2ms, then:
第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 节点发送 SRS, 并以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率;  On the 0ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the transmission power of the SRS with the first set of SRS power control parameters;
第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以上行 CoMP状态向其多 个接收节点发送 SRS ,并以第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 第 4ms上, 即第 3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以下行 CoMP状态向其多 个发射节点发送 SRS ,并以第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 依次类推。  On the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side transmits the SMP in the above-mentioned CoMP state to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmission power of the SRS in the second set of SRS power control parameters; When the secondary SRS is transmitted, the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the plurality of transmitting nodes to send the SRS, and determines the sending power of the SRS by the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡΙ =0。  Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, and there is no asymmetry problem of the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so the power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡΙ =0.
实施例三 网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 3套 SRS功率控制参数(第 1套 SRS 功率控制参数、 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数), 分别用于接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率控制。 Embodiment 3 The network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state.
所述每套 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: ^f^ , 用于 SRS在每个子 帧中的功率偏置; Μ 。, 用于 SRS在每个子帧中的传输带宽; ρ。,^, 用 于 PUSCH功控参数; ", 用于 ί¾员折算因子; , 用于 SRS的闭环功控修 正值。 Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ^f^, a power offset for the SRS in each subframe; Μ . , used for the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ρ . , ^, used for PUSCH power control parameters; ", for ί3⁄4 member conversion factor; , closed-loop power control correction value for SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式或新的方式确定上行路损 ρThe receiving side determines the uplink path loss ρ according to the existing method or a new method.
网络侧和接收侧按照预先约定的方式循环确定 SRS子帧的探测参考信 号的发射功率。  The network side and the receiving side cyclically determine the transmission power of the sounding reference signal of the SRS subframe in a pre-agreed manner.
例如, SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时,  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms,
第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其服务节 点发送 SRS, 并以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率;  On the 0th ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the transmission power of the SRS by using the first set of SRS power control parameters;
第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其多个接 收节点发送 SRS, 并以第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 第 4ms上, 即第 3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其多个发 射节点发送 SRS, 并以第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 以此类推。  On the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side transmits the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes in the non-CoMP state, and determines the transmission power of the SRS by the second set of SRS power control parameters; the third time, the third time When the SRS is transmitted, the receiving side sends the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes in a non-CoMP state, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS with the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡΙ =0。  Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, and there is no asymmetry problem of the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so the power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡΙ =0.
实施例四  Embodiment 4
网络侧通过高层为接收侧配置 3个 SRS功率补偿值 ΔΡ1、 ΑΡ3 , 分 别用于当接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率补偿。 The network side configures three SRS power compensation values ΔΡ1 and ΑΡ3 for the receiving side through the upper layer, respectively, when the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state. SRS power compensation.
网络按照现有方式向接收侧配置及通知其非 CoMP状态下的 SRS功率 控制参数, 所述非 CoMP状态下的 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: , 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的功率偏置; MsRS。, 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的传输 带宽; p。J™, 表示 PUSCH功控参数; ", 表示路损折算因子; , 表示 SRS的闭环功控修正值。 Network configuration according to the conventional manner and the receiving side notifies the SRS power state in the non-CoMP control parameter, the SRS power under non-CoMP control state parameters comprise at least: it indicates SRS power offset in each subframe; MSRS . , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; p . JTM, which represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the path loss conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式计算上行路损 。  The receiving side calculates the uplink path loss according to the existing method.
网络侧通过 3bit高层信令或物理层信令向接收侧通知其功率控制模式 及功率补偿值, 如表 3所示:  The network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 3:
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
表 3  table 3
接收侧接收所述网络侧发送的 3bit高层信令或物理层信令:  The receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 000, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态 向其服务节点发送 SRS,并按照 ΔΡΙ对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行 修正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 000, the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to ΔΡΙ to determine the final SRS transmit power:
= ( , 10 Iog10 (MSRS C ) + Po msc^ (j) + «C (j) - PL + fc (i) + APl] 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 001 , 接收侧以上行 CoMP状 态向其多个接收节点发送 SRS,并按照 Δ½对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功 率进行修正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率: = ( , 10 Iog 10 (M SRS C ) + P o msc ^ (j) + « C (j) - PL + f c (i) + APl] If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 001, receive The side-by-side CoMP state sends an SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and according to Δ1⁄2, the SRS transmitting work determined in the existing mode is performed. The rate is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
('·), (m) 101。g10 (M SRS + (j) + «c (j) · PLC + fc (i) + APl) 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 010, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状 态向其多个发射节点发送 SRS,并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功 率进行修正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:('·), ( m ) 101. g 10 (M SRS + (j) + « c (j) · PL C + f c (i) + APl) If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 010, the receiving side has the following CoMP status to multiple The transmitting node sends the SRS, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , (m 10 Iog10 (MSRS c ) + Po puscKc ( j) + «c ( j) - PLC + fc (i) +
Figure imgf000051_0001
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 011 , 接收侧以循环的方式依 次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。
( , ( m 10 Iog 10 (M SRS c ) + P o puscKc ( j) + « c ( j) - PL C + f c (i) +
Figure imgf000051_0001
If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 011, the receiving side sequentially transmits the SRS in a non-CoMP state and an uplink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 定最终的 SRS发射功率: For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will serve the final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
( , (m) 10 Iog10 (MSRS c ) + Po msc^c (j) + «c (j) - PLC + fc (i) + APl} 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以上行 CoMP状态向其多 个接收节点发送 SRS ,并按照 Δ½对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率: ( , ( m ) 10 Iog 10 (M SRS c ) + P o msc ^ c (j) + « c (j) - PL C + f c (i) + APl} On the 2ms, the second SRS transmission The receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to Δ1⁄2 to determine the final SRS transmit power:
('·), (m) 101。g10 (M SRS + /¾— PUSCH,C (j) + «c (j) · PLC + fc (i) + APl) 依次类推。 ('·), ( m ) 101. g 10 (M SRS + /3⁄4— PUSCH , C (j) + « c (j) · PL C + f c (i) + APl) and so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 100, 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以非 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。 例如,  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 100, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner. E.g,
当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 定最终的 SRS发射功率:  When the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will serve the final SRS transmission power in a non-CoMP state:
('') = ( , (m) 10 log10 (MSRS c ) + Po msc^c (j) + «c (j) - PLc + fc (i) + APl} 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以下行 CoMP状态向其多 个发射节点发送 SRS ,并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:('') = ( , ( m ) 10 log 10 (M SRS c ) + P o msc ^ c (j) + « c (j) - PL c + f c (i) + APl} on the 2ms, ie When the second SRS is transmitted, the receiving side will have the following line of CoMP status Each transmitting node sends an SRS and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , 101Og10 (MSRS C ) + P0JllJsc^ (j) + «c (j) - PL + fc (i ) + AP3] 依次类推。 ( , 101Og 10 (M SRS C ) + P 0JllJsc ^ (j) + « c (j) - PL + f c (i ) + AP3] and so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 101 , 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 101, the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向其多个 接收节点发送 SRS , 并按照 Δ½对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side uplink CoMP state sends an SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and according to Δ1⁄2 Correct the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmit power:
('j (''), + iO U) U) (0 + ^2} 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态向其多个 发射节点发送 SRS, 并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率:('j (''), + iO U) U) (0 + ^ 2 } On the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes, and according to the pair The SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , 10 Iog10 (MSRS C ) + Po
Figure imgf000052_0001
( , 10 Iog 10 (M SRS C ) + P o
Figure imgf000052_0001
依次类推。  And so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 110, 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 110, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其服务节 点发送 SRS, 并并按照 ΔΡΙ对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修正, 确 定最终的 SRS发射功率: For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and the ΔΡΙ is present. The SRS transmit power determined in the mode is corrected to determine the final SRS transmit power:
( , 10 Iog10 (MSRS C ) + Po msc^ (j) + «c (j) - PL + fc (i) + APl] 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向其多个 接收节点发送 SRS , 并按照 Δ½对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率: ('') = (''), (m) 101Og10 (MSRS,C ) + P0H,c (j) + Oic (j) · PLC + fc (i) + APl) 第 4ms上, 即第 3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态向其多个 发射节点发送 SRS, 并按照 对现有方式下确定的 SRS发射功率进行修 正, 确定最终的 SRS发射功率: ( , 10 Iog 10 (M SRS C ) + P o msc ^ (j) + « c (j) - PL + f c (i) + APl] On the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, above the receiving side The CoMP state sends the SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and corrects the SRS transmit power determined in the existing mode according to Δ1⁄2 to determine the final SRS transmit power: ('') = (''), ( m ) 101Og 10 (M SRS , C ) + P 0H , c (j) + Oi c (j) · PL C + f c (i) + APl) On the 4ms, that is, the third SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes, and corrects the SRS transmission power determined in the existing mode to determine the final SRS transmission power:
('')
Figure imgf000053_0001
('')
Figure imgf000053_0001
依次类推。 And so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡ1 =0。  Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, and there is no asymmetry problem of the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so the power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡ1 =0.
实施例五  Embodiment 5
网络侧通过高层为接收侧配置 3套 SRS功率控制参数(第 1套 SRS功 率控制参数、 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数), 分 别用于当接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率控制。 所述每套 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: 表示 SRS在每个子 帧中的功率偏置; Μ^。, 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的传输带宽; ρ。,^, 表 示 PUSCH功控参数; ", 表示 ί¾员折算因子; , 表示 SRS的闭环功控修 正值。 The network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through the upper layer, respectively, for when the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state. , SCo power control in uplink CoMP state and downlink CoMP state. The set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; Μ ^. , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ρ . , ^, represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ί3⁄4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式或新的方式确定上行路损 ρThe receiving side determines the uplink path loss ρ according to the existing method or a new method.
网络侧通过 3bit高层信令或物理层信令向接收侧通知其功率控制模式 及功率补偿值, 如表 4所示:  The network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3-bit high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 4:
SRS功率 SRS功率控  SRS power SRS power control
SRS功率补偿值  SRS power compensation value
控制索引 制模式  Control index mode
000 非 CoMP 第 1套 SRS功率控制参数  000 non-CoMP 1st set of SRS power control parameters
001 上行 CoMP 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数 010 下行 CoMP 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数 001 Upstream CoMP 2nd set of SRS power control parameters 010 downlink CoMP third set of SRS power control parameters
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、第 2套 SRS The first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS
Oil 循环 功率控制参数 Oil cycle power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、第 3套 SRS The first set of SRS power control parameters, the third set of SRS
100 循环 功率控制参数 100 cycles power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、第 3套 SRS The second set of SRS power control parameters, the third set of SRS
101 循环 功率控制参数 101 cycle power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、第 2套 SRS The first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS
110 循环 功率控制参数、第 3套 SRS功率控制参数循环 补偿 110 cycle power control parameters, the third set of SRS power control parameters cycle compensation
表 4  Table 4
接收侧接收所述网络侧发送的 3bit高层信令或物理层信令:  The receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 000, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态 向其服务节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送 功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 000, the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 001 , 接收侧以上行 CoMP状 态向其多个接收节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS 的发送功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 001, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends an SRS to multiple receiving nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 010, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状 态向其多个发射节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS 的发送功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 010, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends an SRS to multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 011 , 接收侧以循环的方式依 次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。 例如, If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 011, the receiving side depends on the loop. The SRS is transmitted in the non-CoMP state and the uplink CoMP state. E.g,
当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以上行 CoMP状态向其多 个接收节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功 率;  When the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first set of SRSs. The power control parameter determines the transmission power of the SRS; on the second ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side transmits the uplink CoMP state to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the SRS transmission according to the second set of SRS power control parameters. Power
依次类推。  And so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 100, 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以非 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 100, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向其服务 节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以下行 CoMP状态向其多 个发射节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功 率;  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first The set of SRS power control parameters determines the transmit power of the SRS; on the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the SSRs of the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters. Transmit power
依次类推。  And so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 101 , 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 101, the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向其多个 接收节点发送 SRS,并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态向其多个 发射节点发送 SRS,并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功率; 依次类推。 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 110, 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。 For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and the user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, then: on the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side uplink CoMP state sends the SRS to its multiple receiving nodes, and according to the Two sets of SRS power control parameters determine the transmit power of the SRS; on the second ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side transmits the SRS to its multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters. Transmit power; and so on. If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 110, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的周期为 2ms时, 那么: 第 0ms上, 即第 1次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其服务节 点发送 SRS, 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发射功率;  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific period is 2 ms, then: On the 0 ms, that is, the first SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and according to the first set of SRSs. The power control parameter determines the transmit power of the SRS;
第 2ms上, 即第 2次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向其多个 接收节点发送 SRS,并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发射功率; 第 4ms上, 即第 3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态向其多个 发射节点发送 SRS,并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发射功率; 依次类推。  On the 2ms, that is, the second SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmit power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters; the third time, the third time When the SRS is transmitted, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters; and so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡΙ =0。  Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP state, and there is no asymmetry problem of the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so the power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡΙ =0.
实施例六  Embodiment 6
网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置 3套 SRS功率控制参数(第 1套 SRS 功率控制参数、 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数), 分别用于接收侧处于非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态下 的 SRS功率控制。  The network side configures three sets of SRS power control parameters (the first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set of SRS power control parameters, and the third set of SRS power control parameters) for the receiving side through high layer signaling, respectively, for the receiving side to be in non-CoMP State, uplink CoMP state, SRS power control in downlink CoMP state.
所述每套 SRS功率控制参数至少包括: ^f^ , 表示 SRS在每个子 帧中的功率偏置; M^。, 表示 SRS在每个子帧中的传输带宽; ρ。,^, 表 示 PUSCH功控参数; ", 表示 ί¾员折算因子; , 表示 SRS的闭环功控修 正值。 Each set of SRS power control parameters includes at least: ^f^ , indicating a power offset of the SRS in each subframe; M ^. , indicating the transmission bandwidth of the SRS in each subframe; ρ . , ^, represents the PUSCH power control parameter; ", represents the ί3⁄4 member conversion factor; , represents the closed loop power control correction value of the SRS.
接收侧按照现有方式或新的方式确定上行路损 ρThe receiving side determines the uplink path loss ρ according to the existing method or a new method.
网络侧通过 3bit高层信令或物理层信令向接收侧通知其功率控制模式 及功率补偿值, 如表 5所示: SRS功率 SRS功率控 The network side notifies the receiving side of its power control mode and power compensation value through 3 bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, as shown in Table 5: SRS power SRS power control
SRS功率补偿值  SRS power compensation value
控制索引 制模式  Control index mode
000 非 CoMP 第 1套 SRS功率控制参数  000 non-CoMP 1st set of SRS power control parameters
001 上行 CoMP 第 2套 SRS功率控制参数  001 Upstream CoMP 2nd set of SRS power control parameters
010 下行 CoMP 第 3套 SRS功率控制参数  010 Downstream CoMP 3rd set of SRS power control parameters
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 2套 The first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set
Oil 循环 SRS功率控制参数 Oil cycle SRS power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 The first set of SRS power control parameters, the third set
100 循环 SRS功率控制参数 100 cycles SRS power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 2套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 In turn, the second set of SRS power control parameters, the third set
101 循环 SRS功率控制参数 101 cycle SRS power control parameters
循环补偿  Cyclic compensation
依次以第 1套 SRS功率控制参数、 第 2套 The first set of SRS power control parameters, the second set
110 循环 SRS功率控制参数、 第 3套 SRS功率控制 参数循环补偿 110 cycle SRS power control parameters, the third set of SRS power control parameter cycle compensation
表 5  table 5
接收侧接收所述网络侧发送的 3bit高层信令或物理层信令:  The receiving side receives the 3-bit high layer signaling or physical layer signaling sent by the network side:
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 000, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态 向其服务节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送 功率;  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 000, the receiving side sends an SRS to its serving node in a non-CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 001 , 接收侧以上行 CoMP状 态向其多个接收节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS 的发送功率; 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 010, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状 态向其多个发射节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS 的发送功率; If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 001, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple receiving nodes in the CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters; If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 010, the receiving side sends the SRS to the multiple transmitting nodes in the following CoMP state, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 011 , 接收侧以循环的方式依 次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 011, the receiving side sends the SRS in a non-CoMP state and an uplink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 且网络 侧向接收侧通知以每 3个连续 SRS子帧为单位进行功率控制, 那么:  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, and the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
第 0,2,4ms上, 即第 1~3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向 其服务节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功 率;  On the 0th, 2nd, and 4th, that is, the 1st to 3rd SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
第 6,8,10ms上, 即第 4~6次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以上行 CoMP状态 向其多个接收节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的 发送功率;  On the 6th, 8th, and 10th, that is, the 4th to 6th SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the SMP of the above-mentioned CoMP state to its multiple receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
依次类推。  And so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 100, 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以非 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 100, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 且网络 侧向接收侧通知以每 3个连续 SRS子帧为单位进行功率控制, 那么:  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, and the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
第 0,2,4ms上, 即第 1~3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以非 CoMP状态向 其服务节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发送功 率;  On the 0th, 2nd, and 4th, that is, the 1st to 3rd SRS transmission, the receiving side will send the SRS to its serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determine the sending power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters;
第 6,8,10ms上, 即第 2~6次 SRS发送时, 接收侧将以下行 CoMP状态 向其多个发射节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的 发送功率;  On the sixth, eighth, and tenth, that is, the second to sixth SRS transmissions, the receiving side sends the following line CoMP status to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the sending power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
依次类推。 若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 101 , 接收侧将以循环的方式 依次以上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。 And so on. If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 101, the receiving side will sequentially transmit the SRS in the CoMP state and the downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的发送周期为 2ms时, 且网络 侧向接收侧通知以每 3个连续 SRS子帧为单位进行功率控制, 那么:  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific transmission period is 2 ms, and the network side notifies the receiving side to perform power control in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
第 0,2,4ms上, 即第 1~3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向 其多个接收节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发 送功率;  On the 0th, 2nd, and 4th, that is, the 1st to 3rd SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
第 6,8,10ms上, 即第 4~6次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态向 其多个发射节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发 送功率;  On the sixth, eighth, and tenth, that is, the fourth to sixth SRS transmissions, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
依次类推。  And so on.
若接收侧接收到的 SRS功率控制索引为 110, 则接收侧将以循环的方 式依次以非 CoMP状态、 上行 CoMP状态、 下行 CoMP状态发送 SRS。  If the SRS power control index received by the receiving side is 110, the receiving side will sequentially send the SRS in a non-CoMP state, an uplink CoMP state, and a downlink CoMP state in a cyclic manner.
例如, 当 SRS为周期 SRS且其用户特定的周期为 2ms时, 且网络侧向 接收侧通知以每 3个连续 SRS子帧为单位进行功率控制, 那么:  For example, when the SRS is a periodic SRS and its user-specific period is 2 ms, and the network side receiving side notifies that power control is performed in units of every three consecutive SRS subframes, then:
第 0,2,4ms上, 即第 1~3次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以非 CoMP状态向其 服务节点发送 SRS,并根据第 1套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发射功率; 第 6,8,10ms上, 即第 4~6次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以上行 CoMP状态向 其多个接收节点发送 SRS, 并根据第 2套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的发 射功率;  On the 0th, 2nd, and 4th, that is, the 1st to 3rd SRS transmission, the receiving side sends the SRS to the serving node in the non-CoMP state, and determines the transmit power of the SRS according to the first set of SRS power control parameters; 6th, 8th At 10 ms, that is, when the 4th to 6th SRS transmission is performed, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of receiving nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the second set of SRS power control parameters;
第 12,14,16ms上, 即第 7~9次 SRS发送时, 接收侧以下行 CoMP状态 向其多个发射节点发送 SRS , 并根据第 3套 SRS功率控制参数确定 SRS的 发射功率;  On the 12th, 14th, and 16th, that is, the 7th to 9th SRS transmission, the CoMP state on the receiving side sends the SRS to the plurality of transmitting nodes, and determines the transmitting power of the SRS according to the third set of SRS power control parameters;
依次类推。  And so on.
优选地, 当 SRS功率控制模式为非 CoMP时, 接收侧处于非 CoMP状 态, 这时接收侧不存在上下行节点不对称问题, 因此其功率控制可以沿用 现有机制, 即 ΔΡ1 =0。 Preferably, when the SRS power control mode is non-CoMP, the receiving side is in a non-CoMP shape. State, at this time, there is no asymmetry problem between the uplink and downlink nodes on the receiving side, so its power control can follow the existing mechanism, that is, ΔΡ1 =0.
为实现上述方法, 本发明实施例还提供一种探测参考信号的功率控制 系统, 图 2是本发明实施例实现探测参考信号的功率控制系统的结构示意 图, 如图 2所示, 该系统包括: 网络侧 21、 接收侧 22; 其中,  To achieve the above method, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a power control system for detecting a reference signal. FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power control system for implementing a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the system includes: Network side 21, receiving side 22;
网络侧 21 ,用于为接收侧 22配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或 多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值; 还用于, 通过高层信令或物理层信令通 知接收侧 22按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制 参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The network side 21 is configured to configure, for the receiving side 22, the power control parameters of the multiple sets of sounding reference signals or the power compensation values of the plurality of sounding reference signals; and is further configured to notify the receiving side 22 according to the period through high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Or determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal.
所述接收侧 22用于, 根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周 期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测 参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧 22按照预 先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号 的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The receiving side 22 is configured to learn, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the configured periodic or aperiodic manner. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal; or the receiving side 22 determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal in a predetermined manner.
所述网络侧 21进一步包括: 配置模块 211、 通知模块 212; 其中, 配置模块 211 ,用于为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或 多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值;  The network side 21 further includes: a configuration module 211, a notification module 212, wherein the configuration module 211 is configured to configure, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
通知模块 212,用于通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或 非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的 功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The notification module 212 is configured to notify the receiving side by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling to determine the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. power.
所述接收侧 22进一步包括: 存储模块 221、 发射功率确定模块 222; 其中,  The receiving side 22 further includes: a storage module 221, a transmit power determining module 222;
存储模块 221 ,用于保存配置的多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值;  The storage module 221 is configured to save power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals.
发射功率确定模块 222, 用于根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知 按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多 个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或按照预先 约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的 功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。 The transmit power determining module 222 is configured to learn according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner; or according to a configured sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner The power control parameter or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
该接收侧 22还包括:  The receiving side 22 further includes:
发射模块 223 ,用于按照确定的发射功率向服务节点或多个接收节点或 多个发射节点发送探测参考信号。  The transmitting module 223 is configured to send the sounding reference signal to the serving node or the plurality of receiving nodes or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmit power.
以上所述, 仅为本发明的较佳实施例而已, 并非用于限定本发明的保 护范围, 凡在本发明的精神和原则之内所作的任何修改、 等同替换和改进 等, 均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。  The above description is only for the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions and improvements made within the spirit and principles of the present invention should be included. Within the scope of protection of the present invention.

Claims

权利要求书 Claim
1、 一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法, 该方法包括:  1. A power control method for detecting a reference signal, the method comprising:
网络侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号 的功率补偿值;  The network side configures power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
网络侧通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方 式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补 偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The network side notifies the receiving side to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal by high-level signaling or physical layer signaling.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side to determine the sounding reference according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特触发接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的探测参考信号 SRS 子帧上, 固定按照第 Li套探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定 SRS子帧上 的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触 发信息;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side triggers the receiving side on the sounding reference signal SRS subframes after n+k and n+k, Determining, according to the power control parameter of the Lith detection signal, determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe, until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
其中, X比特用于指示第 Li套探测参考信号的功率控制参数的索引 值, 且 X > 1 ; L > 1 , 所述 L为网络侧通过高层信令为接收侧配置的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数的数量, L比特以比特映射的形式指示第 Li套 探测参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。  The X bit is used to indicate the index value of the power control parameter of the Lith detection signal, and X > 1 ; L > 1 , where L is the power of the sounding reference signal configured by the network side for the receiving side through high layer signaling. The number of control parameters, L bits indicate the power control parameters of the Li-th detection reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, l < Li < L.
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS 子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率, 或依次按照第 1~1^套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参 考信号的发射功率; The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The set of power control parameters determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS sub-frame Rate, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the first set of power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据 的探测参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l < Li < L.
4、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS 子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率, 或依次按照至少两套功率控制参数循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参 考信号的发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据 的探测参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, l < Li < L。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, l < Li < L.
5、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the sounding reference according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS 子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率,或依次按照第 1~L套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测 参考信号的发射功率; The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS sub-frame, or sequentially determines the detection on each Y SRS sub-frame according to the 1st to L sets of power control parameters. The transmit power of the reference signal;
其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据 的探测参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z 比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein, the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit; The form of the bit map indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
6、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li套功率控制参数确定每个 SRS 子帧上探测参考信号的发射功 率, 或依次按照至少两套功率控制参数循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测 参考信号的发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li set power control parameter determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframe according to at least two sets of power control parameters;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据 的探测参考信号的功率控制参数; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z 比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。  Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; The form of the mapping indicates the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
7、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling according to the periodic or aperiodic manner, and determines the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特触发接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上,固定 按照第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值, 对确定的探测参考信号的发射 功率进行补偿, 确定 SRS子帧上最终的探测参考信号的发射功率, 直到 接收侧接收到下一次网络侧发送的触发信息; The X-bit or L-bit triggering of the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side is triggered on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k. The power compensation value of the Li sounding reference signals, the emission of the determined sounding reference signal The power is compensated, and the transmit power of the final sounding reference signal on the SRS subframe is determined until the receiving side receives the trigger information sent by the next network side;
其中, X比特用于指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值的索引值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示第 Li个探测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1  Wherein, the X bit is used to indicate an index value of the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal; the L bit indicates the power compensation value of the Lith sounding reference signal in the form of a bit map; k > 4, 1
8、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次按照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to the first to the L power compensation values;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参 考信号的功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探 测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, K Li L0 Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically; The form of the mapping indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, K Li L 0
9、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上固定按照第 个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次按 照第 1~L个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射 功率; 其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率补偿值的个数, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参 考信号的功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的探 测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, K Li < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z比特 向接收侧指示 Y的取值。 The X bits in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicate that the receiving side fixes the first power compensation value on the SRS subframes after n+k and n+k. Determining a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determining, according to the first to the L power compensation values, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each of the Y SRS subframes; The first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side specifically; The power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side is indicated in the form of a bit map; k > 4, K Li <L; the network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
10、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令 或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考 信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次按照至少两个功率补偿值循环确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号 的发射功率;  The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe according to at least two power compensation values;
其中, X比特中前 比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率补偿值的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测参 考信号的功功率补偿值; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据的 探测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L0 Wherein, the first bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power compensation values for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the work power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < ^ < L 0
11、根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述网络侧通过高层信令或 物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信 号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率为:  The method according to claim 1, wherein the network side notifies the receiving side according to the high-level signaling or the physical layer signaling to determine the sounding reference according to the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. The transmit power of the signal is:
网络侧在第 n个子帧上的物理上行控制信令和 /或物理下行控制信令 中的 X比特或 L比特指示接收侧在 n+k及 n+k以后的 SRS子帧上, 固定 按照第 Li个功率补偿值确定每个 SRS子帧上探测参考信号的发射功率, 或依次按照至少两个功率补偿值循环确定每 Y个 SRS子帧上探测参考信 号的发射功率; 其中, X比特中前 Xi比特用于指示确定探测参考信号的发射功率的 功率控制参数的数量, 其余的 X-Xi比特用于指示接收侧具体根据的探测 参考信号的功率控制参数; L比特以比特映射的形式指示接收侧具体根据 的探测参考信号的功率补偿值; k > 4, 1 < Li < L; 网络侧通过另外的 Z 比特向接收侧指示 Y的取值。 The X-bit or L-bit in the physical uplink control signaling and/or the physical downlink control signaling on the nth subframe of the network side indicates that the receiving side is fixed on the SRS subframe after n+k and n+k. The Li power compensation values determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each SRS subframe, or sequentially determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal on each Y SRS subframes according to at least two power compensation values; Wherein, the first Xi bit in the X bit is used to indicate the number of power control parameters for determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal, and the remaining X-Xi bits are used to indicate the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side according to the L bit; The form of the bit map indicates the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to the receiving side; k > 4, 1 < Li <L; The network side indicates the value of Y to the receiving side by another Z bit.
12、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 该方法还包括:  12. The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期 方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号 的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧按照预先约定的 方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率 补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  Receiving, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的方法, 其中, 所述接收侧按照预先约定的 方式、 根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数确定探测参考信号的发射功 率为:  13. The method according to claim 12, wherein the receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner:
接收侧按照在 SRS子帧集合的第 Li个子集内,使用第 Li套功率控制 参数的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划 分为 L个子集, l < Li < L。  The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the Lith power control parameter in the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets, l < Li < L.
14、 根据权利要求 12所述的方法, 其中, 所述接收侧按照预先约定 的方式、 根据所述探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射 功率为:  The method according to claim 12, wherein the receiving side determines, according to a pre-agreed manner, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal:
接收侧按照在 SRS子帧集合的第 Li个子集内,使用第 Li个功率补偿 值的方式确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 其中, 所述 SRS子帧集合划分 为 L个子集, 1 < D L。  The receiving side determines the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the Li power compensation value in the Lith subset of the SRS subframe set; wherein the SRS subframe set is divided into L subsets, 1 < D L.
15、 一种探测参考信号的功率控制方法, 该方法包括:  15. A power control method for detecting a reference signal, the method comprising:
接收侧配置有多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信 号的功率补偿值; The receiving side is configured with multiple sets of sounding control parameters or multiple sounding reference signals Power compensation value of the number;
接收侧根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期 方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号 的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧按照预先约定的 方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率 补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  Receiving, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the receiving side determines the transmission of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to the periodic or aperiodic manner. The receiving power determines the transmitting power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a pre-agreed manner.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的方法, 其中, 该方法还包括: 接收侧按 照确定的发射功率向服务节点、 或多个接收节点、 或多个发射节点发送 探测参考信号。  The method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises: the receiving side transmitting the sounding reference signal to the serving node, or the plurality of receiving nodes, or the plurality of transmitting nodes according to the determined transmitting power.
17、 一种探测参考信号的功率控制系统, 该系统包括: 网络侧、 接 收侧; 其中,  17. A power control system for detecting a reference signal, the system comprising: a network side and a receiving side; wherein
网络侧, 设置为为接收侧配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或 多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值; 还设置为, 通过高层信令或物理层信 令通知接收侧按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率 控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The network side is configured to configure, for the receiving side, power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals; and is further configured to notify the receiving side according to periodic or aperiodic by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling And determining, according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal, a transmit power of the sounding reference signal.
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的系统, 其中, 所述接收侧设置为, 根据 收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获知按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配 置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确 定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或接收侧按照预先约定的方式根据配置的 探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参 考信号的发射功率。  The system according to claim 17, wherein the receiving side is configured to learn, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the power of the sounding reference signal according to the configured periodic or aperiodic manner according to the configuration. The control parameter or the power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals determines the transmission power of the sounding reference signal; or the receiving side determines the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner. Transmit power.
19、 一种探测参考信号的功率控制装置, 该装置包括: 配置模块、 通知模块; 其中,  19. A power control device for detecting a reference signal, the device comprising: a configuration module, a notification module, wherein
配置模块, 设置为配置多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或多个探 测参考信号的功率补偿值; 通知模块, 设置为通过高层信令或物理层信令通知接收侧按照周期 或非周期方式、 并根据所述探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参考信 号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。 The configuration module is configured to configure a power control parameter of the multiple sets of sounding reference signals or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals; The notification module is configured to notify the receiving side by high layer signaling or physical layer signaling to determine the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to the power control parameter of the sounding reference signal or the power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a periodic or aperiodic manner. .
20、 一种探测参考信号的功率控制装置, 该装置包括: 存储模块、 发射功率确定模块; 其中,  20. A power control apparatus for detecting a reference signal, the apparatus comprising: a storage module, a transmit power determining module, wherein
存储模块, 设置为保存配置的多套探测参考信号的功率控制参数或 多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值;  a storage module, configured to save power control parameters of multiple sets of sounding reference signals or power compensation values of multiple sounding reference signals;
发射功率确定模块, 设置为根据收到的高层信令或物理层信令, 获 知按照周期或非周期方式、 并根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数 或多个探测参考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率; 或按 照预先约定的方式、 根据配置的探测参考信号的功率控制参数或探测参 考信号的功率补偿值确定探测参考信号的发射功率。  The transmit power determining module is configured to determine, according to the received high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, a power control parameter according to the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the plurality of sounding reference signals according to a periodic or aperiodic manner Detecting the transmit power of the reference signal; or determining the transmit power of the sounding reference signal according to a power control parameter of the configured sounding reference signal or a power compensation value of the sounding reference signal according to a predetermined manner.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的装置, 其中, 该装置还包括: 发射模块, 设置为按照确定的发射功率向服务节点或多个接收节点 或多个发射节点发送探测参考信号。  21. The apparatus of claim 20, wherein the apparatus further comprises: a transmitting module configured to transmit the sounding reference signal to the serving node or the plurality of receiving nodes or the plurality of transmitting nodes in accordance with the determined transmit power.
PCT/CN2012/084032 2011-11-04 2012-11-02 Power control method, system and device for sounding reference signal WO2013064107A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201110345887.4A CN103096449B (en) 2011-11-04 2011-11-04 A kind of Poewr control method of detection reference signal, system and device
CN201110345887.4 2011-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013064107A1 true WO2013064107A1 (en) 2013-05-10

Family

ID=48191368

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/084032 WO2013064107A1 (en) 2011-11-04 2012-11-02 Power control method, system and device for sounding reference signal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103096449B (en)
WO (1) WO2013064107A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018058745A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for transmitting signal, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015018034A1 (en) * 2013-08-08 2015-02-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Bs and ue, and power control methods used in the same
CN107277908B (en) * 2016-04-06 2021-06-15 华为技术有限公司 Power control method and equipment
CN109417813B (en) * 2016-09-22 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Sounding reference signal sending method and user equipment
WO2018126356A1 (en) * 2017-01-04 2018-07-12 Nokia Technologies Oy Sounding reference signal (srs) power scaling scheme
CN108112075B (en) * 2017-05-05 2023-05-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for determining uplink transmission parameters and method for sending configuration information
AU2017436329B2 (en) * 2017-10-19 2023-08-31 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communication method and device
WO2020061942A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Power distribution method, terminal device and network device
US20200153579A1 (en) * 2018-11-09 2020-05-14 Mediatek Inc. Enhancement Of Sounding Reference Signal In Mobile Communications
CN111385864B (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-11-09 华为技术有限公司 Method, equipment and system for adjusting power
CN113078928A (en) 2019-01-07 2021-07-06 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101547022A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-09-30 三星电子株式会社 Method and device for sending SRS in LTE TDD system
CN101883415A (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Configuration method of sending power of sounding reference signals (SRS), network side equipment and user equipment (UE)
US20110096815A1 (en) * 2009-10-02 2011-04-28 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Power control for devices having multiple antennas
CN102149182A (en) * 2011-04-22 2011-08-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for controlling power

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101610607B (en) * 2008-06-20 2012-08-08 电信科学技术研究院 Method for sending and receiving uplink sounding reference signals, base station and mobile terminal
CN101541029B (en) * 2009-04-27 2015-01-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Sending method and device of measure-reference signal under state of carrier aggregation

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101547022A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-09-30 三星电子株式会社 Method and device for sending SRS in LTE TDD system
CN101883415A (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Configuration method of sending power of sounding reference signals (SRS), network side equipment and user equipment (UE)
US20110096815A1 (en) * 2009-10-02 2011-04-28 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Power control for devices having multiple antennas
CN102149182A (en) * 2011-04-22 2011-08-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for controlling power

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018058745A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for transmitting signal, and storage medium
US11277759B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2022-03-15 Xi'an Zhongxing New Software Co., Ltd Method and device for transmitting signal, and storage medium
US11930386B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2024-03-12 Zte Corporation Method and device for transmitting signal, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103096449A (en) 2013-05-08
CN103096449B (en) 2018-06-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102083951B1 (en) Method for transmitting / receiving uplink channel in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
JP7059373B2 (en) A method for beam failure recovery in a wireless communication system and a device for that purpose
JP7057347B2 (en) Methods and devices for channel status reporting in wireless communication systems
CN110521134B (en) Method of performing beam recovery in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN109565701B (en) Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN110168995B (en) Method for transmitting physical uplink control channel in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
JP7032413B2 (en) A method for receiving or transmitting a downlink signal in a wireless communication system and a device for that purpose.
JP6824912B2 (en) Aperiodic Channel State Information-Methods and Devices for Channel State Reporting Using Reference Signals
EP3471314B1 (en) Method for reporting channel state in wireless communication system and device therefor
KR102412454B1 (en) A method and apparatus for transmitting uplink sounding reference signal
CN109690965B (en) Method for reporting channel status in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
WO2013064107A1 (en) Power control method, system and device for sounding reference signal
WO2020165702A1 (en) Harq ack for multi-pdcch scheduled pdsch transmission over multiple transmission reception points
EP3437224B1 (en) Low complexity multi-configuration csi reporting
KR20190141002A (en) Method for channel status reporting in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
WO2014071638A1 (en) Channel state information reporting method, user equipment and base station thereof
US11012882B2 (en) Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and device therefor
KR20190024878A (en) Method for channel status reporting in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US8467736B2 (en) Method and apparatus for inter-cell synchronization in a multi-cell environment
EP3726877A1 (en) User terminal, radio communication system, and radio communication method for csi reporting

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12846100

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12846100

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1